Common use of PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME Clause in Contracts

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window11. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement or, alternatively, the grant agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student would not already have this level when before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she signs will reach the Learning Agreementrecommended level by the start of the mobility, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below or, alternatively, in the grant agreement. The student commits to reach this reported level in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility. More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. In all cases, the student will report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table D in case of changes during the mobility) and its possiblel annexes. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. In all cases, the student will report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table D in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window12. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement or, alternatively, the grant agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student would not already have this level when before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she signs will reach the Learning Agreementrecommended level by the start of the mobility, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below or, alternatively, in the grant agreement. The student commits to reach this reported level in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility. More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window13. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement or, alternatively, the grant agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student would not already have this level when before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she signs will reach the Learning Agreementrecommended level by the start of the mobility, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below or, alternatively, in the grant agreement. The student commits to reach this reported level in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility. More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Before mobility Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request A party requests changes in the first two- week period after the start of regular classes/educational components Modifications are NOT needed Modifications ARE needed During mobility Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Sending institution provides the national legislationRecognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. In all cases, the student will report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table D in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Before mobility Pages 1-3 Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Modifications ARE needed Modifications are NOT needed A party requests changes in the first two- week period after the start of regular classes/educational components During mobility Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility Sending institution provides the Recognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Annex 2: End notes Learning Agreement form 1 Nationality: Country to which the national legislationperson belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table Table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester University of Art and Design | Linz Semester/ term [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x ECTS Bachelor-, Master- or Diploma program in:…….. Painting / industrial design/ …… 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 for example - Selectable courses Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. In all cases, the student will report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table D in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available OLS (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and the receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored coursescourses OLS). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Higher Education Learning Agreement form Student’s name Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if Before mobility Pages 1-3 Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) During mobility Modifications are NOT needed Modifications ARE needed A party requests changes in the first two- week period after the start of regular classes/educational components Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request After mobility Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). Sending institution provides the Recognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending HEIs. Higher Education Learning Agreement form Student’s name Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport. 2 Study cycle: Short cycle (EQF level 5) / bachelor or equivalent first cycle (EQF level 6) / master or equivalent second cycle (EQF level 7) / doctorate or equivalent third cycle (EQF level 8). 3 The ISCED-F 2013 search tool available at xxxx://xx.xxxxxx.xx/education/tools/isced-f_en.htm should be used to find the ISCED 2013 detailed field of education and training that is closest to the subject of the degree to be awarded to the student by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.:

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in the table A. on the left side. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B (on the right side) with a single line as described below: Equivalent Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [Title or term] Number Reason for non-recognition2 Nr of ECTS* credits ECTS Mobility window … Window Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B on the right side as follows: Equivalent Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [Title or term] Number Reason for non-recognition2 Nr of ECTS* credits ECTS Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in the table A on the left side if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by at the organisational support grant sending or receiving institution or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink web link to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month semester before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C the tables on page 3 and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. the tables on page 3. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C these tables affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table Das: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. tables. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window1. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement or, alternatively, the grant agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student would not already have this level when before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she signs will reach the Learning Agreementrecommended level by the start of the mobility, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below or, alternatively, in the grant agreement. The student commits to reach this reported level in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility. More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree, this has to be agreed by all parties concerned and annexed to the LA Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Before mobility Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be agreed within 4 to 7 weeks after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request A party requests changes in the first 2 to 5- week period after the start of regular classes/educational components (after the start of each semester) Modifications are NOT needed Modifications ARE needed During mobility Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility This section will be provided at a later date. Sending institution provides the Recognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending HEI. Annex 2: End notes 1 Country code: ISO 3166-2 country codes available at: xxxxx://xxx.xxx.xxx/obp/ui/#search.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window10. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement or, alternatively, the grant agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student would not already have this level when before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she signs will reach the Learning Agreementrecommended level by the start of the mobility, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below or, alternatively, in the grant agreement. The student commits to reach this reported level in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility. More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies P Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA age 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. B Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included efore mobility Pages 1-3 Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Modifications are NOT needed Modifications ARE needed D A party requests changes in the first two-week period after the start of regular classes/educational components uring mobility P age 4 Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility Sending institution provides the Recognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the national legislationperson belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Before mobility Pages 1-3 Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Modifications ARE needed Modifications are NOT needed A party requests changes in the first two- week period after the start of regular classes/educational components During mobility Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility Sending institution provides the Recognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Annex 2: End notes Higher Education Learning Agreement form 1 Nationality: Country to which the national legislationperson belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Higher Education Learning Agreement form Student’s name Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Modifications ARE needed Modifications are NOT needed Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request A party requests changes in the first two- week period after the start of regular classes/educational components Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Before mobility During mobility Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Sending institution provides the national legislationRecognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. Higher Education Learning Agreement form Student’s name Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-non- recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component). The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according student is recommended to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used used. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and a weblink to an explanation if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the system should be addedLA Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Before mobility Pages 1-3 Exceptional changes to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as made within one month after the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light start date of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the studies (request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can to be made by the student at the latest up to one month before the foreseen end date. These ) Modifications ARE needed Modifications are NOT needed A party requests changes to in the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (first two-week period after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided During mobility Agreement by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed email by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In case request Receiving institution provides Transcript of changes due Records to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the student and sending institution commits to fully recognise in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility It includes not only ECTS but also the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Sending institution provides the national legislationRecognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. In all cases, the student will report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table D in case of changes during the mobility) and its possiblel annexes. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.. RECOGNITION OUTCOMES

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the monthsofthe agreed study programme that programmethat the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group thegroup of educational components that will be replaced in replacedin his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of completionof the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every inevery case, ,the two tables A and B must be kept separated, ,i.e. they cannot be merged. .The objective is objectiveis to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of groupof learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required additionaleducational componentsbeyond thoserequired for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with Bwith a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if Aif there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a ona one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language oflanguage competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. .The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case Incase the student would not already have studentwouldnot alreadyhave this level when levelwhen he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses withcourses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be acceptedbeaccepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only neededonly if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes andchanges should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, ,in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration theduration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by agreedby all parties within four to partieswithin fourto seven weeks (after weeks(after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. .The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the followingthe request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in listedin table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully tofully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. .Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in componentsin the student's degree (table B) that B)that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Revisedgroup of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational Student’s name components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-non- recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT Student’s name The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. Navrhnutý program mobility The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Navrhnutý program mobility obsahuje mesiac začiatku a konca dohodnutého študijného programu, ktorý študent absolvuje v zahraničí. Zmluva o štúdiu musí obsahovaí všetky vzdelávacie komponenty, ktoré má študent absolvovaí na hostiteľskej inštitúcii (v tabuľke A) a taktiež musí obsahovaí skupinu vzdelávacích komponentov, ktoré budú nahradené v študijnom programe študenta na domácej inštitúcii (v tabuľke B) po úspešnom ukončení študijného programu v zahraničí. Do tabuliek A a B sa môžu podľa potreby doplnií ďalšie stĺpce, napríklad, na špecifikovanie stupňa štúdia daného vzdelávacieho komponentu. Formu tohto dokumentu si môže každá inštitúcia prispôsobií podľa svojich vlastných potrieb. V každom prípade však tabuľky A a B musia tvorií dve samostatné tabuľky, t.j. nemôžu sa zlúčií. Cieľom je jasne ukázaí, že nie je potrebná úplná zhoda medzi predmetmi v zahraničí a predmetmi nahradenými na domácej inštitúcii. Dôležité je, aby skupina výsledkov vzdelávania dosiahnutých v zahraničí nahradila skupinu výsledkov vzdelávania na domácej inštitúcii bez potreby úplnej zhody medzi jednotlivými modulmi alebo kurzami. Normálny akademický rok dennej formy štúdia sa zvyčajne skladá zo vzdelávacích komponentov v súhrnnom počte 60 ECTS* kreditov. Odporúča sa, aby sa vybrané vzdelávacie komponenty pre mobilitu kratšiu ako jeden akademický rok, rovnali približne úmernému počtu kreditov. Ak študent navštevuje dodatočné vzdelávacie komponenty, ktoré nevyžaduje jeho študijný program, taktiež musia byí uvedené v študijnom programe v tabuľke A. Ak sú v učebných osnovách vložené Mobility Windows, tabuľka B sa vyplní v jednom riadku ako je uvedené nižšie: Component code (if any) Kód komponentu Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Názov komponentu (ako je uvedené v katalógu kurzov) domácej inštitúcie Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Semester [zimný/ letný] Number of ECTS* credits Počet ECTS kreditov Mobility window … Total: 30 Spolu: Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Inak sa skupina komponentov vloží do tabuľky B nasledovne: Component code (if any) Kód komponentu Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Názov komponentu (ako je uvedené v katalógu kurzov) domácej inštitúcie Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Semester [zimný/ letný] Number of ECTS* credits Počet ECTS kreditov Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 Spolu: The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. Domáca inštitúcia musí v plnom rozsahu uznaí počet ECTS* kreditov v tabuľke A, ak sa nevykonali žiadne zmeny študijného programu v zahraničí a študent ich úspešne ukončil. Akékoľvek zmeny by mali byí jasne uvedené v prílohe Zmluvy o štúdiu a odsúhlasené všetkými stranami. Príklad odôvodnenia neuznania: študent už získal počet kreditov požadovaných v jeho študijnom programe a nepotrebuje kredity získané v zahraničí. Keďže sa odsúhlasí uznanie skupiny komponentov, ktoré nemusí byí založené na úplnej zhode medzi jednotlivými vzdelávacími komponentmi, domáca inštitúcia musí predvídaí, aké opatrenia budú použité v prípade, ak študent úspešne neabsolvuje niektoré vzdelávacie komponenty z jeho študijného programu v zahraničí. Webový odkaz na toto opatrenie by mal byí uvedený v Zmluve o štúdiu. Študent sa zaviaže dosiahnuí určitý stupeň jazykovej znalosti v hlavnom jazyku výučby do začiatku štúdia. Po úspešnom absolvovaní výberového konania sa stupeň jazykových znalostí študenta ohodnotí prostredníctvom Erasmus+ online hodnotiaceho nástroja, ak je dostupný (výsledky budú zaslané na domácu inštitúciu) alebo iným spôsobom, o ktorom rozhodne domáca inštitúcia. Odporúčaný stupeň znalosti daného jazyka bol dohodnutý medzi domácou a hostiteľskou inštitúciou v inter-inštitucionálnej dohode. Ak by študent nedosiahol túto úroveň v čase podpisu Zmluvy o štúdiu, zaviaže sa ju dosiahnuí s podporou, ktorú mu poskytne domáca alebo hostiteľská inštitúcia ( buď absolvovaním kurzov financovaných z podporných grantov inštitúcie alebo prostredníctvom Erasmus+ online kurzov). Dokument musia podpísaí všetky strany, avšak, nie je potrebné posielaí papiere s originálnymi podpismi, akceptujú sa skenované kópie podpisov alebo digitálne podpisy, v závislosti od národnej legislatívy. *In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case*V krajinách, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptionalkde nie je zavedený ECTS systém, as the three parties have already agreed on hlavne na inštitúciách v partnerských krajinách, ktoré neparticipujú v Bolonskom procese, musia byí ECTS nahradené vo všetkých tabuľkách názvom použitého ekvivalentného systému a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made mal by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislationsa uviesí webový odkaz na vysvetlenie daného systému.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation. Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separatedseparated , i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Please do not upload this page with your learning agreement! Muster - Template Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTSECTS * credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.Muster - Template

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window6. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement or, alternatively, the grant agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student would not already have this level when before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she signs will reach the Learning Agreementrecommended level by the start of the mobility, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below or, alternatively, in the grant agreement. The student commits to reach this reported level in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility. More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every inevery case, ,the two tables A and B must be kept separated, ,i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window11.When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement or, alternatively, the grant agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student would not already have this level when before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she signs will reach the Learning Agreementrecommended level by the start of the mobility, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below or, alternatively, in the grant agreement. The student commits to reach this reported levelin the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility.More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group x x xxxx of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in i n the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window12. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In case The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student would not already have this level when he/she signs must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she commits to will reach it the recommended level by the start of the mobility, with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below. The student commits to reach this reported level in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility. More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies P Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree, this has to be agreed by all parties concerned and annexed to the LA

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the studies sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-non- recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in Semester Number of ECTS* (if any) the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / credits sending institution spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in Semester Number of ECTS* (if any) the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / credits sending institution spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-non- recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)institution. All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-non- recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to fivefour-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group x x xxxx of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group x x xxxx of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in i n the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise recognize the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree de- gree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion comple- tion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-inter- institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. *  In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.TRINITY COLLEGE DUBLIN

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. During the mobility - CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. This section and the section before mobility (pages 1 to 4) should always be kept together in all communications. Changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts or extension of the duration. All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures will be accepted. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.. After the mobility Actual start and end dates for the period abroad The receiving institution will confirm the students actual period abroad. Changes might have occurred compared to planned period of study (page 2). The actual start and end dates of the study period will be according to the following definitions: The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. This section needs to be signed by the receiving institution. Original signatures are not compulsory. Scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures will be accepted. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies P Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree, this has to be agreed by all parties concerned and annexed to the LA

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the monthsofthe agreed study programme that programmethat the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group thegroup of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of completionof the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every inevery case, ,the two tables A and B must be kept separated, ,i.e. they cannot be merged. .The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of groupof learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required additionaleducational componentsbeyond thoserequired for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are windowsare embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with Bwith a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if Aif there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should ruleshould be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a ona one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language oflanguage competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. .The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case Incase the student would studentwould not already have alreadyhave this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses withcourses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be acceptedbeaccepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only neededonly if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes andchanges should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, ,in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration theduration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by agreedby all parties within four to partieswithin fourto seven weeks (after weeks(after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. .The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the followingthe request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in listedin table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully tofully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. .Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in componentsin the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Revisedgroup of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where The University of Genoa adopts the national credit system – CFU local grade (xxxx://xxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx.xx/areaint/foreignstudents/,link to "ECTS" Grading scheme”; xxxx://xxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx.xx/offertaformativa/strutt_perc/ link to "Sistema di votazione docimologico"). For the courses listed at the web page xxxx://xxx.xxxxxxxx.xxxxx.xx/areaint/studiareestero/erasmus/ects/, the ECTS system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedadopted. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Before mobility Pages 1-3 Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Modifications are NOT needed Modifications ARE needed A party requests changes in the first two-week period after the start of regular classes/educational components During mobility Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility Sending institution provides the Recognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the national legislationperson belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional Ad- ditional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separatedsepa- rated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate propor- tionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional ad- ditional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.:

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components components/courses totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component Course code (if any) Component Course title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component Course code (if any) Component Course title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-non- recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C the “Changes to the original Learning agreement” form and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. the form. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific sectionform, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student’s Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Higher Education Learning Agreement form Student’s name Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Modifications ARE needed Modifications are NOT needed Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request A party requests changes in the first two- week period after the start of regular classes/educational components Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Before mobility During mobility Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Sending institution provides the national legislationRecognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. Higher Education Learning Agreement form Student’s name Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table Table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table Table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table Table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table Table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table Table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table Table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table Table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables Tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * • In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in Semester Number of ECTS* (if any) the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS1 credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. In all cases, the student will report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table D in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months days of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y Thesis … 10 Laboratory work … 10 20 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-inter- institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. *  In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Before mobility Pages 1-3 Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Modifications ARE needed Modifications are NOT needed A party requests changes in the first two-week period after the start of regular classes/educational components During mobility Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending HEIs. Sending institution provides the Recognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. Annex 2: End notes Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport. Study cycle: Short cycle (EQF level 5) / bachelor or equivalent first cycle (EQF level 6) / master or equivalent second cycle (EQF level 7) / doctorate or equivalent third cycle (EQF level 8). The ISCED-F 2013 search tool available at xxxx://xx.xxxxxx.xx/education/tools/isced-f_en.htm should be used to find the ISCED 2013 detailed field of education and training that is closest to the subject of the degree to be awarded to the student by the sending institution. Country code: ISO 3166-2 country codes available at: xxxxx://xxx.xxx.xxx/obp/ui/#search . Contact person: a person who provides a link for administrative information and who, depending on the national legislationstructure of the higher education institution, may be the departmental coordinator or will work at the international relations office or equivalent body within the institution. An "educational component" is a self-contained and formal structured learning experience that features learning outcomes, credits and forms of assessment. Examples of educational components are: a course, module, seminar, laboratory work, practical work, preparation/research for a thesis, mobility window or free electives. For the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR) see xxxx://xxxxxxxx.xxxxxxx.xxxxxx.xx/en/resources/european-language-levels-cefr Responsible person in the sending institution: an academic who has the authority to approve the mobility programme of outbound students (Learning Agreements), to exceptionally amend them when it is needed, as well as to guarantee full recognition of such programmes on behalf of the responsible academic body. Responsible person in the receiving institution: an academic who has the authority to approve the mobility programme of incoming students and is committed to give them academic support in the course of their studies at the receiving institution.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. It is necessary to fill in tables A and B thoroughly before the mobility. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence (neither in terms of content nor in terms of credits) between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* ECTS credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. Where all credits in Table A are recognised as forming part of the programme at the sending institution without any further conditions being applied, Table B may be completed with a reference to the mobility window17. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Recognition at Sending Institution Table C Before the mobility Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending receiving institution Semester [e.g. autumn / spring] [or spring / term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) for the group of educational components in the student's degree that would normally be completed at the sending institution and which will be replaced by the study abroad Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits (or equivalent) contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The In all cases, the student will commit to reach a certain report via the on-line EU survey on the full recognition by the sending institution of his/her credits achieved abroad based on what has been agreed in Table B (or table B bis in case of changes during the mobility) and its possible annexes. A recommended level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the their inter-institutional agreement. In The sending HEI is responsible for providing support to its nominated candidates so that they can have the recommended language skills at the start of the study period. For mobility between Programme Countries, and for the languages covered by the Erasmus+ Online Linguistic Support (OLS), the student must carry out the OLS language assessment before and at the end of the mobility period, except for native speakers. The completion of the online assessment before departure is a pre-requisite for the mobility, except in duly justified cases. This assessment will be taken after the student is selected, but before signing the Learning Agreement or, alternatively, the grant agreement, whenever agreed with the sending institution. The OLS has been designed to assist Erasmus+ students in improving their knowledge of the language in which they will study before and during their stay abroad, to ensure a better quality of learning mobility. For all mobilities, in case the level of the student would not already have this level when before the mobility is below the recommended one, the sending HEI and the student commit that he/she signs will reach the Learning Agreementrecommended level by the start of the mobility, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support Organisational Support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored OLS language courses, where applicable). The level of language competence that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period has to be reported in the Learning Agreement in the box indicated below or, alternatively, in the grant agreement. The student commits to reach this reported level in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of language competence in __________ [the main language of instruction] that the student already has or agrees to acquire by the start of the study period is: A1 □ A2 □ B1 □ B2 □ C1 □ C2 □ Native speaker □ All the students who took the assessment with the Erasmus+ OLS before the mobility will also take a final assessment at the end of the mobility. More opportunities are available with OLS. Please visit xxxx://xxxxxxxxxxxxxx.xx All parties must sign the documentLearning Agreement; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of and the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroadduring his mobility period and which the sending institution commits to give recognition upon successful completion by the student. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group set of educational components that will to be replaced in his/her degree at sending institution upon successful completion by the sending institution student (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad). Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, The student is recommended to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of take educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number minimum of credits30 ECTS credits per semester or 15 ECTS credits per trimester. In case the student follows would follow additional educational components beyond those above the required number of ECTS credits needed for his/her degree programmecurriculum, these additional credits must also be listed contained in the study programme outlined in table A. When there are mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described belowin the following way: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group set of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* ECTS credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* ECTS credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any any exception to this rule should be clearly stated documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example parties (i.e. in case of justification for non-recognition: additional educational components above the student has already accumulated the required number of ECTS credits required needed for his/her the degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroadcurriculum). Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the The sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete in case some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should would not be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction successfully completed by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses)student. All parties must sign the document; however, it there is not compulsory no need to circulate papers with original signatures, signatures because scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislationare recognised. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be addedused. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is only needed only if it is necessary to introduce changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and unchanged, changes should be described in this sectionsection and both parts should remain together in a single document. Requests for extension of the duration of the mobility programme should be made up to one month before the foreseen end date. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group set of educational components that will to be taken abroad, in abroad and how to recognise them on the light of the course catalogue catalogues that the sending and receiving institution has institutions have committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holderholders. However, introducing changes might may be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for conflicts or because the previously selected educational component is not available at receiving institution or it is in a change can be different language than previously specified in the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end datecourse catalogue. These exceptional changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties made within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester)a month. Any party can request changes within the first two to fivetwo-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changesstarted. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following after the request. In the case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as well as timely as possible as wellpossible. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed added in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to should fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented present in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all partiesparties as in the section before mobility. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group set of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will to be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion by the student of the study programme abroadabroad (table B), a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group Exceptional changes to set of educational components in the student's degree that will to be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval as agreement of the proposed amendments by email may be enoughis accepted. RECOGNITION DOCUMENT For the Programme purposes, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures are recognised as well to issue the Transcript of Records and the Recognition Document. The procedure receiving institution commits to provide the sending institution and the student with a Transcript of Records according to table E and containing all the educational components agreed in the table A (and table C in case there were changes to the study programme abroad). In addition, grading distribution information should be attached to the Transcript of Records (or a web link where this information can be found) in case it is different or more specific or it has been updated compared to the information provided in the Inter-institutional Agreement. This should be done within a period stipulated in the inter-institutional agreement and normally not longer than five weeks after publication/proclamation of the student’s results at the receiving institution. Following the receipt of the Transcript of Records from the receiving institution, the sending institution commits to provide to the student a Recognition Document including table E and the completed table F with the recognition outcomes, without further requirements from the student, and within five weeks. The sending institution will translate the grades received by the student (when applicable) taking into account the grading distribution information from the receiving institution. In addition, all the educational components will appear as well in the student's Diploma Supplement with also the exact title that they had in the receiving institution. The Recognition Document includes the actual start and end date of the study period, the transcript of records from the receiving institution and the recognition outcomes from the sending institution. The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. The Recognition Document must be issued together with the section before mobility (and the section during mobility if there were changes to the original Learning Agreement) and it can additionally be issued independently. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies P Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree this is agreed by all parties and annexed to the LA age 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. B Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included efore mobility Pages 1-3 Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be made within one month after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be decided made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Modifications ARE needed Modifications are NOT needed D A party requests changes in the first two-week period after the start of regular classes/educational components uring mobility P age 4 Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending institution, depending on HEIs. Sending institution provides the national legislationRecognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component Compon ent code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or spring][or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation.

PROPOSED MOBILITY PROGRAMME. The proposed mobility programme includes the indicative start and end months of the agreed study programme that the student will carry out abroad. The Learning Agreement must include all the educational components to be carried out by the student at the receiving institution (in table A) and it must contain as well the group of educational components that will be replaced in his/her degree by the sending institution (in table B) upon successful completion of the study programme abroad. Additional rows can be added as needed to tables A and B. Additional columns can also be added, for example, to specify the study cycle-level of the educational component. The presentation of this document may also be adapted by the institutions according to their specific needs. However, in every case, the two tables A and B must be kept separated, i.e. they cannot be merged. The objective is to make clear that there needs to be no one to one correspondence between the courses followed abroad and the ones replaced at the sending institutions. The aim is rather that a group of learning outcomes achieved abroad replaces a group of learning outcomes at the sending institution, without having a one to one correspondence between particular modules or courses. A normal academic year of full-time study is normally made up of educational components totalling 60 ECTS* credits. It is recommended that for mobility periods shorter than a full academic year, the educational components selected should equate to a roughly proportionate number of credits. In case the student follows additional educational components beyond those required for his/her degree programme, these additional credits must also be listed in the study programme outlined in table A. When mobility windows are embedded in the curriculum, it will be enough to fill in table B with a single line as described below: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Mobility window … Total: 30 Otherwise, the group of components will be included in Table B as follows: Component code (if any) Component title (as indicated in the course catalogue) at the sending institution Semester [autumn / spring] [or term] Number of ECTS* credits Course x … 10 Module y … 10 Laboratory work … 10 Total: 30 The sending institution must fully recognise the number of ECTS* credits contained in table A if there are no changes to the study programme abroad and the student successfully completes it. Any exception to this rule should be clearly stated in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Example of justification for non-recognition: the student has already accumulated the number of credits required for his/her degree and does not need some of the credits gained abroad. Since the recognition will be granted to a group of components and it does not need to be based on a one to one correspondence between single educational components, the sending institution must foresee which provisions will apply if the student does not successfully complete some of the educational components from his study programme abroad. A web link towards these provisions should be provided in the Learning Agreement. The student will commit to reach a certain level of language competence in the main language of instruction by the start of the study period. The level of the student will be assessed after his/her selection with the Erasmus+ online assessment tool when available (the results will be sent to the sending institution) or else by any other mean to be decided by the sending institution. A recommended level has been agreed between the sending and receiving institutions in the inter-institutional agreement. In case the student would not already have this level when he/she signs the Learning Agreement, he/she commits to reach it with the support to be provided by the sending or receiving institution (either with courses that can be funded by the organisational support grant or with the Erasmus+ online tutored courses). All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures may be accepted, depending on the national legislation. * In countries where the "ECTS" system it is not in place, in particular for institutions located in partner countries not participating in the Bologna process, "ECTS" needs to be replaced in all tables by the name of the equivalent system that is used and a weblink to an explanation to the system should be added. During the mobility - CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL LEARNING AGREEMENT The section to be completed during the mobility is needed only if changes have to be introduced into the original Learning Agreement. In that case, the section to be completed before the mobility should be kept unchanged and changes should be described in this section. This section and the section before mobility (pages 1 to 4) should always be kept together in all communications. Changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts or extension of the duration. All parties must sign the document; however, it is not compulsory to circulate papers with original signatures, scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures will be accepted. Changes to the mobility study programme should be exceptional, as the three parties have already agreed on a group of educational components that will be taken abroad, in the light of the course catalogue that the receiving institution has committed to publish well in advance of the mobility periods and to update regularly as ECHE holder. However, introducing changes might be unavoidable due to, for example, timetable conflicts. Other reasons for a change can be the request for an extension of the duration of the mobility programme abroad. Such a request can be made by the student at the latest one month before the foreseen end date. These changes to the mobility study programme should be agreed by all parties within four to seven weeks (after the start of each semester). Any party can request changes within the first two to five-week period after regular classes/educational components have started for a given semester. The exact deadline has to be decided by the institutions. The shorter the planned mobility period, the shorter should be the window for changes. All these changes have to be agreed by the three parties within a two-week period following the request. In case of changes due to an extension of the duration of the mobility period, changes should be made as timely as possible as well. Changes to the study programme abroad should be listed in table C and, once they are agreed by all parties, the sending institution commits to fully recognise the number of ECTS credits as presented in table C. Any exception to this rule should be documented in an annex of the Learning Agreement and agreed by all parties. Only if the changes described in table C affect the group of educational components in the student's degree (table B) that will be replaced at the sending institution upon successful completion of the study programme abroad, a revised version should be inserted and labelled as "Table D: Revised group of educational components in the student's degree that will be replaced at sending institution". Additional rows and columns can be added as needed to tables C and D. All parties must confirm that the proposed amendments to the Learning Agreement are approved. For this specific section, original or scanned signatures are not mandatory and an approval by email may be enough. The procedure has to be decided by the sending institution, depending on the national legislation. After the mobility Actual start and end dates for the period abroad The receiving institution will confirm the students actual period abroad. Changes might have occurred compared to planned period of study (page 2). The actual start and end dates of the study period will be according to the following definitions: - The start date of the study period is the first day the student has been present at the receiving institution, for example, for the first course, for a welcoming event organised by the host institution or for language and intercultural courses. - The end date of the study period is the last day the student has been present at the receiving institution and not his actual date of departure. This is, for example, the end of exams period, courses or mandatory sitting period. This section needs to be signed by the receiving institution. Original signatures are not compulsory. Scanned copies of signatures or digital signatures will be accepted. Steps to fill in the Learning Agreement for Studies Provisions for recognition in case some educational components are not successfully completed are included Provide mobility programme Identify responsible persons Commitment of the three parties with original / scanned/ digital signatures. Additional educational components above the number of ECTS credits required in his/her curriculum are listed in the LA and if the sending institution will not recognise them as counting towards their degree, this has to be agreed by all parties concerned and annexed to the LA Page 1 – Information on the student and the sending and receiving institution Before mobility Exceptional changes to mobility programme should be agreed within 4 to 7 weeks after the start date of the studies (request for extension of the duration to be made up to one month before the foreseen end date) Agreement by email by the three parties within a two-week period after the request A party requests changes in the first 2 to 5- week period after the start of regular classes/educational components (after the start of each semester) Modifications are NOT needed Modifications ARE needed During mobility Receiving institution provides Transcript of Records to student and sending institution in period stipulated in IIA (normally max. 5 weeks after results). After mobility It includes not only ECTS but also the grades provided by the sending HEI. Sending institution provides the Recognition Document to the student within 5 weeks. Annex 2: End notes 1 Nationality: Country to which the person belongs administratively and that issues the ID card and/or passport.